DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Insert missing forward slash after .. in link targets (#2161) 

Co-authored-by: Robert Hunt <Freely.Given.org@gmail.com>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2161
Co-authored-by: Robert Hunt <robh@noreply.door43.org>
Co-committed-by: Robert Hunt <robh@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Robert Hunt 2021-11-21 18:58:42 +00:00
parent 1f484ebe5f
commit 294ba899a2
5 changed files with 60 additions and 60 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2
en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
View File

@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ NEH 10 33 g1d7 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here again
NEH 10 34 s6yz וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עֵצִ֗ים הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֮ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָם֒ לְ֠⁠הָבִיא לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “We agree to determine by lot what time each year the various extended families among the priests, the Levites, and the people will be responsible for bringing an offering of wood to the temple.” NEH 10 34 s6yz וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עֵצִ֗ים הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֮ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָם֒ לְ֠⁠הָבִיא לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “We agree to determine by lot what time each year the various extended families among the priests, the Levites, and the people will be responsible for bringing an offering of wood to the temple.”
NEH 10 34 l42k translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ 1 A **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 10 34 l42k translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ 1 A **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 34 ph9q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 34 ph9q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 34 g1d9 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “our father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](..07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “taking turns by clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 34 g1d9 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “our father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “taking turns by clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 34 g1e1 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְ⁠שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means “each year” or “every year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 34 g1e1 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְ⁠שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means “each year” or “every year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 34 g1e3 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠בַעֵ֗ר 1 **Burning** is an abstract noun that describes how the wood these families agreed to bring to the temple would be used for fuel for the sacrifices offered on the altar. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “burn.” You could also say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “for the Levites to burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 10 34 g1e3 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠בַעֵ֗ר 1 **Burning** is an abstract noun that describes how the wood these families agreed to bring to the temple would be used for fuel for the sacrifices offered on the altar. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “burn.” You could also say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “for the Levites to burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 10 34 g1e5 figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 34 g1e5 figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

8
en_tn_32-JON.tsv
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ JON 1 5 f63r יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 the innermost
JON 1 5 g4y4 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם 1 and had lain down, and was deeply asleep “and was lying there fast asleep” or “and was lying there and sleeping deeply” For this reason, the storm did not wake him up. JON 1 5 g4y4 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם 1 and had lain down, and was deeply asleep “and was lying there fast asleep” or “and was lying there and sleeping deeply” For this reason, the storm did not wake him up.
JON 1 6 laa3 וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 So the captain of the crew came to him and said to him “the man in charge of the men working on the ship went to Jonah and said” JON 1 6 laa3 וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 So the captain of the crew came to him and said to him “the man in charge of the men working on the ship went to Jonah and said”
JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? **Why are you sleeping?** Here the captain uses a rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “stop sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? **Why are you sleeping?** Here the captain uses a rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “stop sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Get up! This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](..01/02.md) and [1:3](..01/03.md). In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Get up! This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Cry out to your god! “pray to your god” To **cry out to** someone means to loudly ask him for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Cry out to your god! “pray to your god” To **cry out to** someone means to loudly ask him for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Maybe that god will notice us and we will not perish The implicit information that Jonah’s god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Maybe that god will notice us and we will not perish The implicit information that Jonah’s god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 6 zi04 figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 and we will not perish This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JON 1 6 zi04 figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 and we will not perish This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ JON 1 11 wxr7 figs-idiom הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר
JON 1 11 dji8 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר 1 the sea was going forward and storming This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. If it is more clear in your language to put the reason first, this can be stated at the beginning of verse 11, connecting to the result with a word like “so” or “therefore.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JON 1 11 dji8 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר 1 the sea was going forward and storming This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. If it is more clear in your language to put the reason first, this can be stated at the beginning of verse 11, connecting to the result with a word like “so” or “therefore.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 for I know that this great storm is upon you because of me “because I know that this huge storm is my fault” JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 for I know that this great storm is upon you because of me “because I know that this huge storm is my fault”
JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 But the men rowed hard to return themselves to land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they did not do as Jonah suggested. This information can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 But the men rowed hard to return themselves to land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they did not do as Jonah suggested. This information can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 13 m3iq הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר 1 the sea was going forward and storming “the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger” See how you translated this idiom in [verse 11](..01/11.md). JON 1 13 m3iq הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר 1 the sea was going forward and storming “the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger” See how you translated this idiom in [verse 11](../01/11.md).
JON 1 14 ap77 וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 So they cried out “because of that they called out” or “because the sea became more violent they called loudly” JON 1 14 ap77 וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 So they cried out “because of that they called out” or “because the sea became more violent they called loudly”
JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 So they cried out to Yahweh “therefore the men prayed loudly to Yahweh” JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 So they cried out to Yahweh “therefore the men prayed loudly to Yahweh”
JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh” JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh”
JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Get up **Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” See how you translated this in [1:2](..01/02.md) and [1:3](..01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Get up **Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” See how you translated this in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 call out to it the proclamation that I tell to you “tell the people there what I tell you to tell them” JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 call out to it the proclamation that I tell to you “tell the people there what I tell you to tell them”
JON 3 3 k7k9 figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. Alternate translation: “his time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh” or “so Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 3 3 k7k9 figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. Alternate translation: “his time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh” or “so Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “the command of Yahweh” JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “the command of Yahweh”
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JON 4 2 jv5c וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 and abundant in covenant faithfulnes
JON 4 2 wl7j figs-explicit וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from evil Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin and he changes his mind when sinners repent of their sin. This implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and you feel sadness about causing disaster for sinners” or “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 4 2 wl7j figs-explicit וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from evil Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin and he changes his mind when sinners repent of their sin. This implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and you feel sadness about causing disaster for sinners” or “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 I beg you, take my life from me Jonah’s reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 I beg you, take my life from me Jonah’s reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 for my death is better than my life “I would prefer to die rather than to live” or “because I want to die. I do not want to live” JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 for my death is better than my life “I would prefer to die rather than to live” or “because I want to die. I do not want to live”
JON 4 4 ab82 figs-idiom הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. See how you translated it in [4:1](..04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 4 4 ab82 figs-idiom הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. See how you translated it in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 4 4 ab83 figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? The reason for Jonah’s anger can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry that I did not destroy Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 4 4 ab83 figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? The reason for Jonah’s anger can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry that I did not destroy Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out from the city “then Jonah left the city of Nineveh” JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out from the city “then Jonah left the city of Nineveh”
JON 4 5 af46 מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what would transpire within the city Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not. Alternate translation: “what would become of the city” or “what God would do to the city” JON 4 5 af46 מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what would transpire within the city Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not. Alternate translation: “what would become of the city” or “what God would do to the city”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
32 JON 1 5 g4y4 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם 1 and had lain down, and was deeply asleep “and was lying there fast asleep” or “and was lying there and sleeping deeply” For this reason, the storm did not wake him up.
33 JON 1 6 laa3 וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 So the captain of the crew came to him and said to him “the man in charge of the men working on the ship went to Jonah and said”
34 JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? **Why are you sleeping?** Here the captain uses a rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “stop sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
35 JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Get up! This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](..01/02.md) and [1:3](..01/03.md). In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Cry out to your god! “pray to your god” To **cry out to** someone means to loudly ask him for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37 JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Maybe that god will notice us and we will not perish The implicit information that Jonah’s god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38 JON 1 6 zi04 figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 and we will not perish This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
54 JON 1 11 dji8 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר 1 the sea was going forward and storming This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. If it is more clear in your language to put the reason first, this can be stated at the beginning of verse 11, connecting to the result with a word like “so” or “therefore.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
55 JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 for I know that this great storm is upon you because of me “because I know that this huge storm is my fault”
56 JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 But the men rowed hard to return themselves to land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they did not do as Jonah suggested. This information can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 JON 1 13 m3iq הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר 1 the sea was going forward and storming “the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger” See how you translated this idiom in [verse 11](..01/11.md). “the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger” See how you translated this idiom in [verse 11](../01/11.md).
58 JON 1 14 ap77 וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 So they cried out “because of that they called out” or “because the sea became more violent they called loudly”
59 JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 So they cried out to Yahweh “therefore the men prayed loudly to Yahweh”
60 JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
107 JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
108 JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
109 JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh”
110 JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Get up **Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” See how you translated this in [1:2](..01/02.md) and [1:3](..01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) **Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” See how you translated this in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
111 JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 call out to it the proclamation that I tell to you “tell the people there what I tell you to tell them”
112 JON 3 3 k7k9 figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. Alternate translation: “his time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh” or “so Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “the command of Yahweh”
152 JON 4 2 wl7j figs-explicit וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from evil Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin and he changes his mind when sinners repent of their sin. This implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and you feel sadness about causing disaster for sinners” or “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
153 JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 I beg you, take my life from me Jonah’s reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
154 JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 for my death is better than my life “I would prefer to die rather than to live” or “because I want to die. I do not want to live”
155 JON 4 4 ab82 figs-idiom הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. See how you translated it in [4:1](..04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. See how you translated it in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
156 JON 4 4 ab83 figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? The reason for Jonah’s anger can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry that I did not destroy Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
157 JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out from the city “then Jonah left the city of Nineveh”
158 JON 4 5 af46 מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what would transpire within the city Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not. Alternate translation: “what would become of the city” or “what God would do to the city”

4
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
View File

@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ ACT 6 13 ju6w figs-metonymy λαλῶν ῥήματα 1 speaking words The men a
ACT 6 13 o3j2 figs-metonymy τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου 1 the holy place The men are describing the temple in Jerusalem figuratively by referring to it by something associated with it, that it is a **holy place**. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 13 o3j2 figs-metonymy τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου 1 the holy place The men are describing the temple in Jerusalem figuratively by referring to it by something associated with it, that it is a **holy place**. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said. ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.
ACT 7 1 pt4h figs-you 0 General Information: The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 7 1 pt4h figs-you 0 General Information: The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here **my name** stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here **my name** stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](..15//13.md)) ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](../15//13.md))
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who are turning to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically **turning** towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who are turning to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically **turning** towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods. ACT 15 20 wx8f ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.

Can't render this file because it is too large.

82
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](..01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son. 2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
2PE 1 1 n1di figs-123person Σίμων Πέτρος 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2PE 1 1 n1di figs-123person Σίμων Πέτρος 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2PE 1 1 xf2u translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2PE 1 1 xf2u translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 1 1 v381 figs-distinguish δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being both a **servant of Jesus Christ** and one given the position and authority of being Christ’s **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2PE 1 1 v381 figs-distinguish δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being both a **servant of Jesus Christ** and one given the position and authority of being Christ’s **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](..01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](..01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternative translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternative translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 16 miqe ἐπόπται γενηθέντες 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the apostles had made known to others the second coming of Jesus. The apostles based their teaching about the return of Jesus partly on their eyewitness experience. Alternate translation: “by means of becoming eyewitnesses” 2PE 1 16 miqe ἐπόπται γενηθέντες 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the apostles had made known to others the second coming of Jesus. The apostles based their teaching about the return of Jesus partly on their eyewitness experience. Alternate translation: “by means of becoming eyewitnesses”
2PE 1 16 xxhh writing-pronouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 The pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the majesty of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 1 16 xxhh writing-pronouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 The pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the majesty of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 16 k3w3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 1 16 k3w3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](..01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him” 2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](..01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed” 2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) 2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 1 21 x1xw figs-ellipsis ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “men spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2PE 1 21 x1xw figs-ellipsis ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “men spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](..02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](..02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](..02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](..02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 us8u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 General Information: The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 2PE 2 1 us8u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 General Information: The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 2 1 l2cg figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 false prophets also came to the people, as false teachers will also come to you Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 1 l2cg figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 false prophets also came to the people, as false teachers will also come to you Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 tbz8 translate-unknown αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 2PE 2 1 tbz8 translate-unknown αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **greed** with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **greed** with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 they will exploit you with false words Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words” 2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 they will exploit you with false words Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words”
2PE 2 3 xbnf figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 3 xbnf figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 3 borm writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 3 borm writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 3 xtws writing-pronouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 3 xtws writing-pronouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle” 2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing” 2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
2PE 2 4 dzi2 figs-distinguish ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων 1 Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2PE 2 4 dzi2 figs-distinguish ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων 1 Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2PE 2 4 xwxn translate-textvariants σειροῖς ζόφου 1 Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2PE 2 4 xwxn translate-textvariants σειροῖς ζόφου 1 Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **judgment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **judgment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](..02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing” 2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternative translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternative translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 5 xrsw translate-names Νῶε 1 **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2PE 2 5 xrsw translate-names Νῶε 1 **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 5 xy9u figs-possession δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2PE 2 5 xy9u figs-possession δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 5 enbs κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας 1 This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he brought a flood upon the world, as it is translated in the UST. 2PE 2 5 enbs κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας 1 This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he brought a flood upon the world, as it is translated in the UST.
2PE 2 5 z814 figs-possession κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2PE 2 5 z814 figs-possession κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 6 xhcb grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 6 xhcb grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes” 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior” 2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν…ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormenting his righteous soul Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν…ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormenting his righteous soul Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2PE 2 8 co5v ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the lawless works were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the lawless works were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works” 2PE 2 8 co5v ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the lawless works were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the lawless works were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
2PE 2 9 j0m1 grammar-connect-condition-fact οἶδεν Κύριος 1 This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](..02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](..02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 9 j0m1 grammar-connect-condition-fact οἶδεν Κύριος 1 This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](../02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](../02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@ -249,25 +249,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 10 xndv figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 10 xndv figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 10 c571 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2PE 2 10 c571 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **authority** could refer to: (1) God’s authority, as suggested from the examples of rebelling against God in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “despising God’s authority” (2) angelic authority, as suggested by the insulting of “glorious ones” mentioned in the remainder of the verse. Alternate translation: “despising the authority of angels” 2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **authority** could refer to: (1) God’s authority, as suggested from the examples of rebelling against God in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “despising God’s authority” (2) angelic authority, as suggested by the insulting of “glorious ones” mentioned in the remainder of the verse. Alternate translation: “despising the authority of angels”
2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](..02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers. 2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want” 2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones” 2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people” 2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2PE 2 11 ljdy figs-ellipsis ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2PE 2 11 ljdy figs-ellipsis ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 2 11 vg2j figs-doublet ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2PE 2 11 vg2j figs-doublet ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 2 11 v1qt writing-pronouns οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 11 v1qt writing-pronouns οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 12 ytrj writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 12 ytrj writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 12 xhxj figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2PE 2 12 xhxj figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2PE 2 12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction” 2PE 2 12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
2PE 2 12 x14h grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2PE 2 12 x14h grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant” 2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](..02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant” 2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed” 2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction” 2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
@ -283,16 +283,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women” 2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity” 2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts” 2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them” 2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And” 2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](..02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -340,12 +340,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](..02/12.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](..02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](..02/15/md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15/md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it” 2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -359,13 +359,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 General Information: **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 General Information: **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 General Information: Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 General Information: Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](..01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](..01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](..01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **command** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **command** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water” 2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](..03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -409,8 +409,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing” 2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years” 2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](..03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](..03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -438,12 +438,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 12 w7le figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will melt the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 12 w7le figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will melt the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](..03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus” 2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](..03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](..03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](..03/10.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -455,14 +455,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](..03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](..03/01.md) and [3:14](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) 2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](..01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son. # 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
4 2PE 1 1 n1di figs-123person Σίμων Πέτρος 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5 2PE 1 1 xf2u translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 2PE 1 1 v381 figs-distinguish δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being both a **servant of Jesus Christ** and one given the position and authority of being Christ’s **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
91 2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
94 2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](..01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](..01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
95 2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
96 2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
97 2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternative translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 2PE 1 16 miqe ἐπόπται γενηθέντες 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the apostles had made known to others the second coming of Jesus. The apostles based their teaching about the return of Jesus partly on their eyewitness experience. Alternate translation: “by means of becoming eyewitnesses”
119 2PE 1 16 xxhh writing-pronouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 The pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the majesty of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
120 2PE 1 16 k3w3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
121 2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](..01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
122 2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
123 2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
124 2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
132 2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
133 2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
134 2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135 2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](..01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed” The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
136 2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
137 2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
138 2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
152 2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
153 2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
154 2PE 1 21 x1xw figs-ellipsis ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “men spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
155 2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](..02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](..02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](..02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](..02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 2PE 2 1 us8u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 General Information: The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
157 2PE 2 1 l2cg figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 false prophets also came to the people, as false teachers will also come to you Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
158 2PE 2 1 tbz8 translate-unknown αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
178 2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **greed** with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
179 2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 they will exploit you with false words Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words”
180 2PE 2 3 xbnf figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
181 2PE 2 3 borm writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
182 2PE 2 3 xtws writing-pronouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
183 2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
184 2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
185 2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
186 2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
187 2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
188 2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
189 2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
190 2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
191 2PE 2 4 dzi2 figs-distinguish ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων 1 Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
192 2PE 2 4 xwxn translate-textvariants σειροῖς ζόφου 1 Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
198 2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **judgment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199 2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
200 2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
201 2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
202 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203 2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](..02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing” As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
204 2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
205 2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternative translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
206 2PE 2 5 xrsw translate-names Νῶε 1 **Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
209 2PE 2 5 xy9u figs-possession δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
210 2PE 2 5 enbs κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας 1 This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he brought a flood upon the world, as it is translated in the UST.
211 2PE 2 5 z814 figs-possession κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
212 2PE 2 6 xhcb grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
213 2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
214 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
215 2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
217 2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
218 2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
219 2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
220 2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
221 2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
222 2PE 2 7 xjq6 translate-names Λὼτ 1 Connecting Statement: **Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
223 2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
225 2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
226 2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
227 2PE 2 7 wq2r ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
228 2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
229 2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230 2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
231 2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
235 2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
236 2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν…ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormenting his righteous soul Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
237 2PE 2 8 co5v ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the lawless works were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the lawless works were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
238 2PE 2 9 j0m1 grammar-connect-condition-fact οἶδεν Κύριος 1 This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](..02/04.md) to [2:10](..02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](..02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](..02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](../02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](../02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
239 2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
240 2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
241 2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
249 2PE 2 10 xndv figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250 2PE 2 10 c571 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
251 2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **authority** could refer to: (1) God’s authority, as suggested from the examples of rebelling against God in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “despising God’s authority” (2) angelic authority, as suggested by the insulting of “glorious ones” mentioned in the remainder of the verse. Alternate translation: “despising the authority of angels”
252 2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](..02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers. **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
253 2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
254 2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
255 2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
256 2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
257 2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
258 2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
259 2PE 2 11 ljdy figs-ellipsis ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
260 2PE 2 11 vg2j figs-doublet ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
261 2PE 2 11 v1qt writing-pronouns οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
262 2PE 2 12 ytrj writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
263 2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
264 2PE 2 12 xhxj figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
265 2PE 2 12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
266 2PE 2 12 x14h grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
267 2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
268 2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant” This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
269 2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](..02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant” Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
270 2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
271 2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
272 2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
273 2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
283 2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
284 2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
286 2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
287 2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
288 2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289 2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
290 2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
291 2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
292 2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
293 2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
294 2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
295 2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
296 2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
298 2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307 2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308 2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
309 2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
310 2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
311 2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312 2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternative translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313 2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
318 2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
319 2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
320 2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
321 2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
322 2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](..02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts” Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
324 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325 2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
326 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
332 2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
333 2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
334 2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
335 2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](..02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
336 2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
337 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
338 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
340 2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
341 2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342 2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
343 2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](..02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](..02/12.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
344 2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
345 2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
346 2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](02/01.md). If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
347 2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
348 2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](..02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](..02/15/md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15/md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
349 2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
350 2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
359 2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
360 2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 General Information: **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
361 2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 General Information: Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
362 2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](..01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
363 2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](..01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
364 2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
366 2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
367 2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
368 2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](..01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
369 2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
370 2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **command** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
371 2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
399 2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
400 2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
401 2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402 2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](..03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
403 2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
404 2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
405 2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
409 2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
410 2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
411 2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
412 2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](..03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
413 2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](..03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
414 2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
415 2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
416 2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
438 2PE 3 12 w7le figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…τήκεται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will melt the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
439 2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
440 2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
441 2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](..03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus” Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
442 2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
443 2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
444 2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](..03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
445 2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](..03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
446 2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](..03/10.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
447 2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
448 2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
449 2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
455 2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
456 2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
457 2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
458 2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](..03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
459 2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
460 2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
461 2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
462 2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
463 2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
464 2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
465 2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](..03/01.md) and [3:14](..03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466 2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
467 2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
468 2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)

24
en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive and rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(5)](..01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive and rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If i
JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br> JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.” JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves” JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out a phrase that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](..01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out a phrase that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύρ
JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt” JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority” JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκ
JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type” JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **punishment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **punishment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](..01/06.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God” JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to s
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand is unrestrained sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand is unrestrained sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is unrestrained, sexually immoral acts. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these unrestrained, sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is unrestrained, sexually immoral acts. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these unrestrained, sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JUD 1 15 qeei figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν 1 Here, **soul** refers t
JUD 1 15 twxy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας αὐτῶν 1 Here Jude is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characterized by **ungodliness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “ungodly works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JUD 1 15 twxy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας αὐτῶν 1 Here Jude is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characterized by **ungodliness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “ungodly works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh things** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements” JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh things** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements”
JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly” JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”<br> JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”<br>
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mo
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements” JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](..01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If it wo
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](..01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up” JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br> JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 T
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit” JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord” JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](..01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br> JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br>
JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br> JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br> JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive and rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(5)](..01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive and rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br><br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
22 JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
23 JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24 JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
25 JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.” Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
26 JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27 JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
28 JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out a phrase that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](..01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) In this phrase, Jude is leaving out a phrase that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
29 JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31 JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
38 JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39 JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40 JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
41 JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt” This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
42 JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43 JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
44 JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
55 JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
56 JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **punishment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](..01/06.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
59 JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
60 JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
61 JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
62 JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
64 JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
66 JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67 JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
68 JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
69 JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand is unrestrained sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is unrestrained, sexually immoral acts. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these unrestrained, sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
110 JUD 1 15 twxy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας αὐτῶν 1 Here Jude is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characterized by **ungodliness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “ungodly works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
111 JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh things** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements”
112 JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
113 JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](..01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114 JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
115 JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be clearer in your language, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116 JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”<br>
119 JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
120 JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
121 JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122 JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](..01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124 JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
125 JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
132 JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134 JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
135 JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](..01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136 JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 building yourselves up Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
137 JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
138 JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
140 JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
141 JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
142 JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord” This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
144 JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
145 JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](..01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br> Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])<br>
146 JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
147 JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
148 JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>